1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
106 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
108 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
109 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
110 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
111 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
112 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
114 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
115 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
116 && (flag_unwind_tables
117 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
122 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
124 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
128 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
130 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
131 must be kept around forever. */
132 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
134 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
135 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
136 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
138 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
140 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
141 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
142 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
143 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
144 define type declaration DIE's. */
145 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
147 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
148 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
149 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
150 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
151 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
158 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
159 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
160 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
163 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
164 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
165 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
167 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
168 Information instructions. The register number, offset
169 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
170 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
172 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
174 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
180 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
182 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
183 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
184 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
185 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
189 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
191 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
192 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
193 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
195 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
200 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
201 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
202 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
203 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
204 of this structure. */
205 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
207 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
210 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
213 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
214 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
215 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
216 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
217 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
219 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
222 const char *dw_fde_begin;
223 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
224 const char *dw_fde_end;
225 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
226 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
227 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
228 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
229 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
230 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
231 unsigned funcdef_number;
232 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
233 unsigned nothrow : 1;
234 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
238 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
239 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
241 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
242 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
243 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
244 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
246 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
247 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
250 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
251 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
252 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
255 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
256 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
259 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
260 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
261 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
264 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
265 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
268 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
271 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
273 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
274 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
275 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
277 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
278 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
279 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
280 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
282 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
286 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
287 information for each routine. */
288 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
290 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
291 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
293 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
294 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
296 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
298 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
300 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
301 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
303 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
304 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
305 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
306 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
307 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
308 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
311 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
314 unsigned int refcount;
319 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
321 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
322 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
324 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
326 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
328 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
329 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
330 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
331 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
332 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
333 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
334 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
335 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
336 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
337 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
338 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
339 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
340 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
341 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
342 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
343 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
345 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
346 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
347 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
348 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
349 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
351 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
353 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
354 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
355 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
358 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
359 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
360 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
362 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
363 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
366 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
367 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
370 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
371 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
374 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
375 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
377 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
378 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
379 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
380 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
381 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
382 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
383 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
384 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
385 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
386 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
388 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
389 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
391 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
395 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
399 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
400 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
401 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
402 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
405 /* Hook used by __throw. */
408 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
410 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
413 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
414 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
417 stripattributes (const char *s)
419 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
424 while (*s && *s != ',')
431 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
434 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
437 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
438 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
439 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
440 bool wrote_return_column = false;
442 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
443 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
445 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
446 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
449 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
450 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
451 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
453 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
455 wrote_return_column = true;
457 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
462 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
465 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
466 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
467 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
468 wrote_return_column = false;
470 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
473 if (! wrote_return_column)
475 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
476 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
477 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
478 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
482 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
485 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
489 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
490 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
492 return "DW_CFA_offset";
494 return "DW_CFA_restore";
498 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
499 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
500 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
501 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
502 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
503 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
504 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
505 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
506 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
507 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
508 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
509 case DW_CFA_undefined:
510 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
511 case DW_CFA_same_value:
512 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
513 case DW_CFA_register:
514 return "DW_CFA_register";
515 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
516 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
517 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
518 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
521 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
522 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
523 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
524 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
527 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
528 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
529 case DW_CFA_expression:
530 return "DW_CFA_expression";
531 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
532 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
533 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
534 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
535 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
536 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
538 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
539 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
540 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
543 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
544 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
545 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
546 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
547 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
548 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
551 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
555 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
557 static inline dw_cfi_ref
560 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
562 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
563 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
564 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
569 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
572 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
576 /* Find the end of the chain. */
577 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
583 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
586 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
588 static char label[20];
590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
591 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
595 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
596 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
599 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
603 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
606 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
608 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
609 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
613 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
615 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
617 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
618 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
619 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
622 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
626 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
629 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
632 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
634 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
636 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
637 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
639 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
641 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
643 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
644 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
647 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
648 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
650 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
651 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
653 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
655 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
656 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
663 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
666 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
670 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
673 loc->base_offset = 0;
675 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
676 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
678 if (fde_table_in_use)
680 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
681 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
682 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
686 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
687 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
689 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
691 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
693 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
694 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
696 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
697 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
699 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
700 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
701 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
704 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
711 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
714 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
717 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
719 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
720 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
721 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
722 && (loc1->indirect == 0
723 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
726 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
727 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
730 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
733 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
738 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
739 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
741 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
742 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
744 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
745 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
750 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
752 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
753 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
756 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
757 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
759 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
760 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
764 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
765 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
769 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
770 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
771 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
774 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
775 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
776 offset has not changed. */
777 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
778 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
782 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
784 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
785 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
786 the specified offset. */
789 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
790 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
792 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
793 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
798 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
800 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
805 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
806 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
807 register-offset pair is available. */
808 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
810 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
811 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
812 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
815 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
818 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
819 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
820 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
821 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
824 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
826 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
828 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
830 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
833 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
835 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
837 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
839 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
841 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
842 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
843 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
845 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
847 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
850 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
852 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
854 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
856 else if (sreg == reg)
857 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
860 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
861 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
864 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
867 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
868 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
869 from the previous frame's window save area.
871 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
872 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
875 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
877 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
879 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
880 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
883 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
884 pushed onto the stack. */
887 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
891 if (size == old_args_size)
894 old_args_size = size;
897 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
898 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
899 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
902 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
903 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
906 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
908 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
911 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
912 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
915 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
917 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
920 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
921 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
924 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
929 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
930 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
933 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
935 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
936 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
938 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
941 /* RA is in a register. */
942 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
946 /* RA is on the stack. */
948 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
951 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
956 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
957 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
962 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
972 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
973 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
974 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
975 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
976 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
983 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
984 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
987 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
991 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
993 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
994 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
995 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
998 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1000 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1001 code = GET_CODE (src);
1002 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1003 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1004 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1007 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1011 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1013 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1014 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1015 code = GET_CODE (src);
1021 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1023 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1024 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1025 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1026 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1027 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1034 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1036 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1043 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1045 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1060 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1061 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1062 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1065 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1067 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1071 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1072 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1073 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1074 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1075 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1078 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1079 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1080 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1082 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1084 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1085 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1086 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1087 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1088 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1089 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1090 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1091 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1096 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1098 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1099 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1102 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1104 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1105 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1106 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1107 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1108 offset = -args_size;
1113 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1114 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1115 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1116 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1118 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1120 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1121 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1122 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1130 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1131 cfa.offset += offset;
1133 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1137 args_size += offset;
1141 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1142 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1143 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1144 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1149 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1150 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1151 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1153 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1155 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1157 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1161 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1163 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1164 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1169 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1170 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1171 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1172 more efficient data structure. */
1173 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1174 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1176 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1177 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1179 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1180 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1183 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1185 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1187 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1188 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1190 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1191 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1196 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1197 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1198 queued_reg_saves = q;
1202 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1203 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1205 last_reg_save_label = label;
1208 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1211 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1213 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1215 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1218 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1220 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1221 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1223 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1225 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1226 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1228 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1230 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1231 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1234 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1236 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1238 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1239 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1242 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1243 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1246 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1247 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1248 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1249 have a new location for? */
1252 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1254 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1256 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1259 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1261 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1262 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1263 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1270 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1273 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1276 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1278 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1279 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1281 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1283 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1284 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1286 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1287 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1289 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1290 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1291 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1294 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1297 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1299 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1301 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1303 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1304 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1307 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1308 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1309 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1310 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1316 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1317 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1318 value, not an offset. */
1319 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1321 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1322 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1323 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1324 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1326 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1327 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1328 users need not read the source code.
1330 The High-Level Picture
1332 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1333 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1334 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1335 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1336 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1338 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1339 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1340 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1341 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1342 saves. This also seems to work.
1344 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1345 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1346 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1347 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1348 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1349 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1350 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1351 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1352 value as in the caller.
1354 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1355 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1356 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1357 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1359 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1362 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1364 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1365 consists of a register and an offset.
1366 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1367 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1368 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1369 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1370 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1371 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1372 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1374 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1375 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1376 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1379 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1380 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1381 and cfa_temp.offset.
1383 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1386 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1387 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1388 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1392 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1393 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1396 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1397 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1398 cfa.offset unchanged
1399 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1400 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1403 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1404 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1405 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1406 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1407 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1408 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1411 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1412 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1413 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1416 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1417 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1419 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1420 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1421 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1424 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1425 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1427 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1428 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1431 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1432 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1433 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1436 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1441 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1445 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1446 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1447 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1450 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1451 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1452 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1454 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1457 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1458 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1459 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1461 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1464 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1467 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1468 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1471 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1472 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1473 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1476 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1477 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1478 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1479 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1482 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1483 Â effects: target-dependent */
1486 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1489 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1491 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1492 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1493 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1494 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1495 flag is set in them. */
1496 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1499 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1501 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1502 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1503 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1505 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1510 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1512 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1513 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1517 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1522 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1525 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1527 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1529 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1532 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1533 relative to the current CFA register.
1535 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1536 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1537 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1538 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1539 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1540 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1541 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1545 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1546 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1547 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1548 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1549 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1550 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1557 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1561 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1564 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1567 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1569 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1575 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1577 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1578 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1579 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1581 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1582 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1585 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1587 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1589 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1590 cfa.offset += offset;
1591 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1592 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1594 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1597 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1598 or adjusting the FP */
1599 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1601 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1602 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1603 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1604 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1605 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1607 cfa.offset += offset;
1608 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1612 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1615 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1616 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1617 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1619 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1620 into the FP later on. */
1621 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1622 cfa.offset += offset;
1623 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1624 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1625 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1626 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1630 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1631 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1632 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1634 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1635 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1636 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1637 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1638 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1642 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1643 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1645 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1646 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1655 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1656 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1661 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1662 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1663 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1665 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1666 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1667 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1670 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1671 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1678 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1679 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1680 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1687 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1691 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1693 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1695 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1700 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1701 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1703 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1705 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1706 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1708 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1709 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1710 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1712 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1718 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1719 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1722 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1723 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1725 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1726 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1727 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1729 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1733 /* With an offset. */
1740 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1741 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1742 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1743 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1746 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1748 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1749 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1752 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1753 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1759 /* Without an offset. */
1762 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1764 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1765 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1768 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1769 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1776 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1777 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1778 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1779 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1786 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1787 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1788 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1790 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1792 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1794 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1795 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1797 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1798 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1803 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1804 calculate the CFA. */
1805 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1809 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1811 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1812 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1814 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1819 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1820 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1828 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1829 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1830 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1832 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1833 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1836 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1841 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1845 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1846 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1848 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1851 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1853 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1856 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1858 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1860 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1861 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1863 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1867 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1868 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1870 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1872 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1873 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1877 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1878 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1880 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1882 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1884 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1889 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1890 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1891 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1893 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1894 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1899 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1900 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1902 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1903 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1904 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1905 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1906 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1907 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1910 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1911 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1912 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1913 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1914 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1915 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1916 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1918 case DW_CFA_register:
1919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1922 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1927 case DW_CFA_expression:
1928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1935 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1936 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1937 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1939 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1940 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1944 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1947 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1948 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1951 case DW_CFA_register:
1952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1959 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1961 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1962 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1966 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1970 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1971 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
1975 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
1981 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
1983 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
1985 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
1987 flags = ((! flag_pic
1988 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1989 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
1990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1991 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
1992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
1993 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
1994 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
1997 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
1998 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2002 if (eh_frame_section)
2003 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2006 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2007 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2008 switch_to_section (data_section);
2009 label = get_file_function_name ('F');
2010 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2011 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2012 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2013 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2017 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
2018 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
2019 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
2020 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
2021 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
2024 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2027 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2030 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2032 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2033 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2034 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2035 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2037 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2038 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2039 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2040 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2042 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2044 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2046 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2051 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2053 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2055 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2057 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2058 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2059 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2062 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2063 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2066 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2067 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2068 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2069 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2072 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2073 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2074 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2075 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2078 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2079 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2080 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2081 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2084 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2085 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2086 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2087 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2090 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2091 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2092 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2094 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2097 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2098 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2099 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2100 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2101 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2104 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2105 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2106 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2107 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2112 case DW_CFA_register:
2113 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2114 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2119 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2120 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2121 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2124 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2125 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2128 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2131 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2132 case DW_CFA_expression:
2133 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2136 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2137 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2146 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2147 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2148 location of saved registers. */
2151 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2156 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2157 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2158 char augmentation[6];
2159 int augmentation_size;
2160 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2161 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2162 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2165 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2166 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2169 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2170 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2171 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2172 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2173 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2174 specialization doesn't. */
2175 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2176 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2178 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2179 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2180 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2181 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2182 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2183 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2185 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2186 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2187 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2188 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2191 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2193 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2194 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2195 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2196 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2197 any_eh_needed = true;
2198 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2199 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2200 any_eh_needed = true;
2202 if (! any_eh_needed)
2206 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2211 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2213 switch_to_section (get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
2215 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2216 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2218 /* Output the CIE. */
2219 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2220 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2221 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2222 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2223 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2225 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2226 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2227 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2228 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2229 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2233 augmentation[0] = 0;
2234 augmentation_size = 0;
2240 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2241 augmentation section.
2242 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2243 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2244 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2246 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2247 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2249 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2250 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2251 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2253 p = augmentation + 1;
2254 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2257 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2259 if (any_lsda_needed)
2262 augmentation_size += 1;
2264 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2267 augmentation_size += 1;
2269 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2271 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2275 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2276 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2278 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2280 + 1 /* CIE version */
2281 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2282 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2283 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2285 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2286 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2287 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2289 augmentation_size += pad;
2291 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2292 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2293 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2297 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2298 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2299 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2300 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2302 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2303 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2308 if (augmentation[0])
2310 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2311 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2314 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2315 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2316 eh_personality_libfunc,
2320 if (any_lsda_needed)
2321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2322 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2324 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2325 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2326 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2329 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2330 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2332 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2333 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2334 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2335 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2337 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2338 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2340 fde = &fde_table[i];
2342 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2343 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2344 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2345 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2346 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2349 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2350 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2351 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2352 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2353 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2355 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2358 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2360 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2365 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2366 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2367 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2370 "FDE initial location");
2371 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2373 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2374 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2375 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2376 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2377 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2378 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2379 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2380 "FDE initial location");
2381 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2382 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2383 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2384 "FDE address range");
2385 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2386 "FDE initial location");
2387 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2388 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2389 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2390 "FDE address range");
2393 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2394 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2395 "FDE address range");
2399 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2400 "FDE initial location");
2401 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2403 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2404 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2405 "FDE initial location");
2406 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2407 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2408 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2409 "FDE address range");
2410 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2411 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2412 "FDE initial location");
2413 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2414 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2415 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2416 "FDE address range");
2419 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2420 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2421 "FDE address range");
2424 if (augmentation[0])
2426 if (any_lsda_needed)
2428 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2430 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2432 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2433 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2434 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2435 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2436 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2439 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2442 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2444 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2446 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2447 fde->funcdef_number);
2448 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2449 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2450 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2454 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2455 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2457 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2458 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2465 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2467 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2468 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2469 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2471 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2472 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2473 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2474 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2477 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2478 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2479 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2480 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2481 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2482 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2485 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2490 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2494 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2495 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2497 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2501 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2503 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2504 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2505 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2507 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2508 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2511 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2515 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2517 current_function_funcdef_no);
2518 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2519 current_function_funcdef_no);
2520 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2521 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2523 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2524 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2525 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2529 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2530 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2532 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2533 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2534 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2535 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2536 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2539 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2540 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2542 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2543 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2544 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2545 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2546 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2547 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2548 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2549 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2550 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2551 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2552 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2553 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2554 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2555 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2556 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2557 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2559 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2561 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2562 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2563 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2565 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2569 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2570 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2574 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2575 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2578 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2580 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2582 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2583 current_function_funcdef_no);
2584 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2585 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2586 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2590 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2592 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2593 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2594 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2595 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2597 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2598 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2600 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2601 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2603 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2604 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2605 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2610 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2612 /* Output call frame information. */
2613 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2614 output_call_frame_info (0);
2616 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2617 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2618 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2619 output_call_frame_info (1);
2624 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2625 for emitting location expressions. */
2627 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2628 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2629 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2632 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2633 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2634 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2635 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2637 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2638 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2639 implementation are listed below. */
2644 dw_val_class_offset,
2646 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2647 dw_val_class_range_list,
2649 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2650 dw_val_class_long_long,
2653 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2654 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2655 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2656 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2660 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2661 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2663 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2670 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2672 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2674 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2680 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2681 represented internally. */
2683 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2685 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2686 union dw_val_struct_union
2688 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2689 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2690 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2691 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2692 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2693 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2694 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2695 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2696 struct dw_val_die_union
2700 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2701 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2702 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2703 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2704 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2706 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2710 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2713 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2715 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2716 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2717 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2718 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2723 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2724 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2725 their entire life. */
2726 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2728 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2729 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2730 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2731 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2732 Only on head of list */
2733 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2734 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2737 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2739 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2740 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2741 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2742 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2743 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2744 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2745 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2746 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2748 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2751 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2756 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2757 return "DW_OP_addr";
2759 return "DW_OP_deref";
2761 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2763 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2765 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2767 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2769 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2771 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2773 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2775 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2777 return "DW_OP_constu";
2779 return "DW_OP_consts";
2783 return "DW_OP_drop";
2785 return "DW_OP_over";
2787 return "DW_OP_pick";
2789 return "DW_OP_swap";
2793 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2801 return "DW_OP_minus";
2813 return "DW_OP_plus";
2814 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2815 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2821 return "DW_OP_shra";
2839 return "DW_OP_skip";
2841 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2843 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2845 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2847 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2849 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2851 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2853 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2855 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2857 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2859 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2861 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2863 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2865 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2867 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2869 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2871 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2873 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2875 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2877 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2879 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2905 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2907 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2909 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2911 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2913 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2915 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2917 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2919 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2921 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2923 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2925 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2927 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2929 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2931 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2933 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2935 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2937 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2939 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2941 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2943 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2969 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2971 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2973 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2975 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2977 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2979 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2981 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2983 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2985 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2987 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2989 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2991 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2993 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2995 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2997 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2999 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3001 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3003 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3005 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3007 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3033 return "DW_OP_regx";
3035 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3037 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3039 return "DW_OP_piece";
3040 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3041 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3042 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3043 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3046 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3047 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3049 return "DW_OP_call2";
3051 return "DW_OP_call4";
3052 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3053 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3054 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3055 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3057 return "OP_<unknown>";
3061 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3062 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3063 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3065 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3066 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3067 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3069 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3071 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3072 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3073 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3074 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3075 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3080 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3083 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3085 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3087 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3088 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3094 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3096 static unsigned long
3097 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3099 unsigned long size = 1;
3101 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3104 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3105 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3124 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3127 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3132 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3133 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3171 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3174 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3177 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3180 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3181 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3184 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3186 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3187 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3196 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3197 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3206 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3208 static unsigned long
3209 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3213 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3215 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3216 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3222 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3225 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3227 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3228 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3230 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3232 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3234 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3238 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3242 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3246 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3247 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3254 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3255 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3257 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3270 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3271 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3272 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3273 only doing unwinding. */
3278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3284 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3289 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3324 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3327 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3330 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3334 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3339 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3340 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3344 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3345 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3347 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3350 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3357 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3362 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3365 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3367 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3369 /* Output the opcode. */
3370 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3371 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3373 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3374 output_loc_operands (loc);
3378 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3379 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3382 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3384 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3387 /* Output the size of the block. */
3388 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3389 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3390 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3392 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3393 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3396 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3397 a dw_cfa_location. */
3399 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3400 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3402 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3406 if (cfa->base_offset)
3409 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3411 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3413 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3414 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3416 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3418 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3419 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3420 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3421 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3423 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3424 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3429 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3431 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3433 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3434 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3435 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3437 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3443 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3444 descriptor sequence. */
3447 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3449 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3451 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3455 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3457 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3493 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3496 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3530 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3531 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3534 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3535 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3540 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3541 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3544 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3545 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3549 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3551 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3552 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3554 /* .debug_str support. */
3555 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3557 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3558 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3559 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3560 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3561 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3562 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3563 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3564 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3565 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3566 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3567 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3568 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3569 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3570 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3571 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3572 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3574 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3576 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3582 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3583 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3584 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3585 dwarf2out_end_block,
3586 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3587 dwarf2out_source_line,
3588 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3589 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3590 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3591 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3592 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3593 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3594 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3595 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3596 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3597 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3598 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3599 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3600 something tries to reference them. */
3601 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3602 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3603 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3604 dwarf2out_var_location,
3605 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3606 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3610 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3611 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3612 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3614 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3615 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3616 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3617 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3619 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3620 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3622 typedef long int dw_offset;
3624 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3626 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3627 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3628 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3629 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3630 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3632 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3633 line number associated with the label generated for that
3634 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3635 the line number entry. */
3637 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3639 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3640 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3644 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3646 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3648 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3649 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3650 unsigned long function;
3652 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3654 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3655 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3656 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3658 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3660 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3661 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3662 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3666 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3668 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3670 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3672 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3673 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3674 dw_die_ref die_child;
3676 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3677 dw_offset die_offset;
3678 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3680 unsigned int decl_id;
3684 /* The pubname structure */
3686 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3693 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3698 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3699 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3703 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3707 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3708 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3709 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3712 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3713 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3715 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3716 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3717 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3718 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3719 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3720 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3722 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3723 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3724 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3725 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3726 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3727 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3728 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3729 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3730 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3731 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3733 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3734 language, and compiler version. */
3736 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3737 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3738 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3740 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3741 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3743 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3744 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3745 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3746 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3747 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3749 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3750 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3751 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3752 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3753 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3754 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3756 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3757 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3758 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3759 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3761 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3765 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3766 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3767 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3769 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3770 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3772 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3773 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3775 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3776 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3777 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3778 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3779 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3781 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3782 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3783 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3784 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3787 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3788 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3790 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3791 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3793 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3794 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3795 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3796 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3798 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3799 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3800 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3802 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3803 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3805 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3806 const char * GTY (()) label;
3807 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3808 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3811 /* Variable location list. */
3812 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3814 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3816 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3817 it is marked through the chain. */
3818 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3820 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3821 unsigned int decl_id;
3823 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3826 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3827 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3829 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3830 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3831 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3832 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3833 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3835 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3836 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3838 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3839 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3841 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3842 abbrev_die_table. */
3843 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3845 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3846 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3847 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3848 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3850 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3851 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3853 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3854 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3856 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3857 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3859 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3860 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3861 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3862 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3864 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3865 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3867 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3868 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3870 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3872 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3874 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3875 accessible names. */
3876 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3878 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3879 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3881 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3882 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3884 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3886 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3888 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3889 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3891 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3892 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3894 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3895 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3897 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3899 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3901 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3902 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3904 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3905 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3907 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3908 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3910 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3912 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3914 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3915 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3917 /* Unique label counter. */
3918 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3920 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3921 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3922 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3924 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3925 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3928 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3929 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3931 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3932 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3934 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3936 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3937 within the current function. */
3938 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3940 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3942 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3943 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3944 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3945 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3946 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3947 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3948 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3949 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3950 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3951 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3952 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3953 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3954 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3955 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3956 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3957 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3958 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3959 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3961 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3962 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3963 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3964 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3965 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3966 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3967 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3968 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3969 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3970 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3971 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3972 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3973 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3974 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3975 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3976 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3978 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3979 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3980 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3981 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3982 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3983 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3984 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3985 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3987 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3988 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3989 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3990 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3991 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3992 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3993 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3994 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3995 static bool is_c_family (void);
3996 static bool is_cxx (void);
3997 static bool is_java (void);
3998 static bool is_fortran (void);
3999 static bool is_ada (void);
4000 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4001 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4002 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
4003 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
4004 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4005 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4006 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4007 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4008 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4009 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4010 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4011 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4012 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4013 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4014 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4015 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4016 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4017 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4018 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4019 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
4020 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4021 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4022 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4023 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4024 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4025 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4026 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4027 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4028 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4029 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4030 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4031 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4032 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4033 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4034 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4035 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4036 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4037 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4038 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4039 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4040 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4041 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4042 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4043 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4044 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4045 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4046 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4047 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4048 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4049 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4050 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4051 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4052 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4053 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4054 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4055 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4056 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4057 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4058 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4059 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4060 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4061 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4062 static void output_pubnames (void);
4063 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4064 static void output_aranges (void);
4065 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4066 static void output_ranges (void);
4067 static void output_line_info (void);
4068 static void output_file_names (void);
4069 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4070 static tree root_type (tree);
4071 static int is_base_type (tree);
4072 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4073 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4074 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4075 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4076 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4077 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4078 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4079 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4080 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4081 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4082 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4083 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4084 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4085 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4086 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4087 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4088 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4089 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4090 static tree field_type (tree);
4091 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4092 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4093 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4094 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4095 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4097 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4098 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4099 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4100 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4101 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4102 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4103 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4104 enum dwarf_attribute);
4105 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4106 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4107 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4108 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4109 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4110 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4111 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4112 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4113 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4114 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4115 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4116 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4117 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4118 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4119 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4120 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4121 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4122 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4123 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4124 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4125 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4126 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4128 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4130 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4132 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4134 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4135 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4136 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4137 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4138 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4139 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4140 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4141 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4142 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4143 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4144 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4145 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4146 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4147 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4148 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4149 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4150 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4151 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4152 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4153 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4154 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4155 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4156 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4157 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4158 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4159 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4160 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4161 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4162 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4163 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4164 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4165 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4166 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4167 static void init_file_table (void);
4168 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4169 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4170 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4171 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4172 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4173 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4174 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4175 const char *, const char *,
4177 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4178 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4180 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4181 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4182 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4183 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4184 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4185 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4186 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4188 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4189 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4190 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4192 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4193 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4195 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4196 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4198 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4199 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4201 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4202 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4204 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4205 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4207 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4208 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4210 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4211 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4213 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4214 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4217 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4218 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4219 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4222 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4223 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4224 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4225 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4228 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4229 the section names themselves. */
4231 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4232 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4234 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4235 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4237 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4238 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4240 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4241 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4243 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4244 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4246 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4247 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4249 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4250 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4252 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4253 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4256 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4257 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4258 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4259 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4260 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4262 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4263 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4264 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4265 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4266 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4267 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4268 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4269 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4270 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4271 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4273 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4274 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4276 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4277 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4279 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4280 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4282 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4283 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4285 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4286 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4288 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4289 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4292 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4293 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4295 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4298 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4300 demangle_name_func = func;
4303 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4306 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4308 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4309 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4310 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4313 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4317 type_main_variant (tree type)
4319 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4321 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4322 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4323 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4324 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4326 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4327 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4328 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4333 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4336 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4338 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4340 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4341 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4344 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4347 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4351 case DW_TAG_padding:
4352 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4353 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4354 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4355 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4356 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4357 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4358 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4359 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4360 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4361 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4362 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4363 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4364 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4366 return "DW_TAG_label";
4367 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4368 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4370 return "DW_TAG_member";
4371 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4372 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4373 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4374 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4375 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4376 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4377 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4378 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4379 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4380 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4381 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4382 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4383 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4384 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4385 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4386 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4387 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4388 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4389 case DW_TAG_variant:
4390 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4391 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4392 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4393 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4394 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4395 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4396 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4397 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4398 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4400 return "DW_TAG_module";
4401 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4402 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4403 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4404 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4405 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4406 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4407 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4408 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4409 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4410 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4411 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4412 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4413 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4414 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4415 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4416 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4417 case DW_TAG_constant:
4418 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4419 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4420 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4421 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4422 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4424 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4425 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4426 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4427 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4428 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4429 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4430 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4431 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4432 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4433 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4434 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4435 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4436 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4437 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4438 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4439 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4440 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4441 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4442 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4443 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4444 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4445 case DW_TAG_variable:
4446 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4447 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4448 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4449 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4450 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4451 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4452 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4453 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4454 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4455 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4456 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4457 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4458 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4459 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4460 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4461 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4462 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4464 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4468 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4471 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4476 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4477 case DW_AT_location:
4478 return "DW_AT_location";
4480 return "DW_AT_name";
4481 case DW_AT_ordering:
4482 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4483 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4484 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4485 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4486 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4487 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4488 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4489 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4490 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4491 case DW_AT_element_list:
4492 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4493 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4494 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4496 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4498 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4499 case DW_AT_language:
4500 return "DW_AT_language";
4502 return "DW_AT_member";
4504 return "DW_AT_discr";
4505 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4506 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4507 case DW_AT_visibility:
4508 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4510 return "DW_AT_import";
4511 case DW_AT_string_length:
4512 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4513 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4514 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4515 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4516 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4517 case DW_AT_const_value:
4518 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4519 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4520 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4521 case DW_AT_default_value:
4522 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4524 return "DW_AT_inline";
4525 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4526 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4527 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4528 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4529 case DW_AT_producer:
4530 return "DW_AT_producer";
4531 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4532 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4533 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4534 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4535 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4536 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4537 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4538 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4539 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4540 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4541 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4542 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4543 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4544 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4545 case DW_AT_address_class:
4546 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4547 case DW_AT_artificial:
4548 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4549 case DW_AT_base_types:
4550 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4551 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4552 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4554 return "DW_AT_count";
4555 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4556 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4557 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4558 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4559 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4560 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4561 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4562 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4563 case DW_AT_declaration:
4564 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4565 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4566 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4567 case DW_AT_encoding:
4568 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4569 case DW_AT_external:
4570 return "DW_AT_external";
4571 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4572 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4574 return "DW_AT_friend";
4575 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4576 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4577 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4578 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4579 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4580 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4581 case DW_AT_priority:
4582 return "DW_AT_priority";
4584 return "DW_AT_segment";
4585 case DW_AT_specification:
4586 return "DW_AT_specification";
4587 case DW_AT_static_link:
4588 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4590 return "DW_AT_type";
4591 case DW_AT_use_location:
4592 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4593 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4594 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4595 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4596 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4597 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4598 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4600 case DW_AT_allocated:
4601 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4602 case DW_AT_associated:
4603 return "DW_AT_associated";
4604 case DW_AT_data_location:
4605 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4607 return "DW_AT_stride";
4608 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4609 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4610 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4611 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4612 case DW_AT_extension:
4613 return "DW_AT_extension";
4615 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4616 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4617 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4618 case DW_AT_call_column:
4619 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4620 case DW_AT_call_file:
4621 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4622 case DW_AT_call_line:
4623 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4625 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4626 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4627 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4628 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4629 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4630 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4631 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4632 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4633 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4634 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4635 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4636 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4637 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4638 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4639 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4640 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4641 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4642 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4643 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4644 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4645 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4646 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4648 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4649 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4650 case DW_AT_src_info:
4651 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4652 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4653 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4654 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4655 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4656 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4657 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4658 case DW_AT_body_end:
4659 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4660 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4661 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4663 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4664 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4667 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4671 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4674 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4679 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4680 case DW_FORM_block2:
4681 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4682 case DW_FORM_block4:
4683 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4685 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4687 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4689 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4690 case DW_FORM_string:
4691 return "DW_FORM_string";
4693 return "DW_FORM_block";
4694 case DW_FORM_block1:
4695 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4697 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4699 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4701 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4703 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4705 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4706 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4707 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4709 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4711 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4713 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4715 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4716 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4717 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4718 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4719 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4721 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4725 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4726 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4727 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4728 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4732 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4734 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4737 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4738 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4739 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4740 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4743 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4744 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4745 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4747 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4750 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4751 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4752 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4753 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4757 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4759 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4761 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4762 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4763 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4764 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4767 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4772 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4776 ret_val = lookahead;
4777 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4778 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4780 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4782 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4783 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4784 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4785 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4786 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4787 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4788 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4789 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4795 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4796 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4800 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4802 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4804 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4805 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4807 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4808 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4810 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4811 context = NULL_TREE;
4816 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4817 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4820 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4822 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4824 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4825 die->die_attr = attr;
4829 static inline enum dw_val_class
4830 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4832 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4835 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4838 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4840 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4842 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4843 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4844 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4845 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4846 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4849 static inline unsigned
4850 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4852 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4853 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4856 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4859 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4861 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4863 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4864 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4865 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4866 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4867 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4870 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4871 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4873 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4874 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4877 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4880 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4881 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4883 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4885 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4886 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4887 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4888 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4889 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4892 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4893 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4895 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4896 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4899 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4902 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4903 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4905 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4907 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4908 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4909 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4910 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4911 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4912 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4915 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4918 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4919 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4921 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4923 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4924 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4925 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4926 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4927 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4928 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4929 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4932 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4935 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4937 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4941 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4943 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4944 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4947 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4950 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4952 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4953 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4956 if (! debug_str_hash)
4957 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4958 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4960 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4961 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4963 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4964 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4965 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4968 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4969 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4970 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4971 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4972 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4975 static inline const char *
4976 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4978 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4979 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4982 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4983 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4986 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4988 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4992 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4994 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4998 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5000 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5001 always better to put it inline. */
5002 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5003 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5005 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5006 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5008 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5009 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5010 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5012 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5013 ++dw2_string_counter;
5014 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5016 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5019 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5022 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5024 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5026 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5027 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5028 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5029 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5030 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5031 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5034 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5035 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5038 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5040 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5041 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5042 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5045 static inline dw_die_ref
5046 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5048 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5049 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5053 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5055 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5056 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5062 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5064 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5065 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5068 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5071 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5073 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5075 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5076 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5077 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5078 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5079 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5082 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5085 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5087 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5089 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5090 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5091 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5092 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5093 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5096 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5097 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5099 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5100 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5104 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5106 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5108 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5109 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5110 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5111 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5112 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5113 have_location_lists = true;
5116 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5117 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5119 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5120 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5123 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5126 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5128 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5130 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5131 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5132 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5133 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5134 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5138 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5140 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5141 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5144 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5147 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5149 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5151 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5152 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5153 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5154 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5155 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5158 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5161 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5163 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5165 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5166 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5167 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5168 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5169 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5172 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5175 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5176 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5178 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5180 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5181 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5182 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5183 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5184 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5187 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5190 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5191 long unsigned int offset)
5193 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5195 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5196 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5197 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5198 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5199 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5202 static inline const char *
5203 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5205 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5206 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5207 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5210 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5213 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5216 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5220 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5221 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5223 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5224 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5228 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5234 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5235 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5236 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5238 static inline const char *
5239 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5241 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5243 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5246 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5247 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5248 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5250 static inline const char *
5251 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5253 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5255 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5258 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5259 NULL if it is not present. */
5261 static inline const char *
5262 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5264 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5266 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5269 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5270 if it is not present. */
5273 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5275 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5277 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5280 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5281 if it is not present. */
5283 static inline unsigned
5284 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5286 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5288 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5291 static inline dw_die_ref
5292 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5294 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5296 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5299 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5304 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5306 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5307 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5310 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5315 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5316 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5319 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5324 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5326 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5327 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5328 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5331 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5336 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5338 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5341 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5346 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5348 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5351 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5353 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5355 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5357 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5358 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5359 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5362 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5365 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5368 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5372 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5373 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5376 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5385 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5388 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5390 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5391 current = die->die_child;
5393 while (current != NULL)
5395 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5397 next = current->die_sib;
5399 die->die_child = next;
5401 prev->die_sib = next;
5408 current = current->die_sib;
5413 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5416 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5418 remove_children (die);
5421 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5424 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5426 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5428 die->die_child = NULL;
5430 while (child_die != NULL)
5432 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5435 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5437 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5439 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5441 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5449 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5450 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5453 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5455 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5457 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5459 child_die->die_parent = die;
5460 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5461 die->die_child = child_die;
5465 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5466 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5469 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5473 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5474 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5475 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5477 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5483 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5484 || (child->die_parent
5485 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5487 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5490 *p = child->die_sib;
5494 child->die_parent = parent;
5495 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5496 parent->die_child = child;
5499 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5501 static inline dw_die_ref
5502 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5504 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5506 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5508 if (parent_die != NULL)
5509 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5512 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5514 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5515 limbo_node->die = die;
5516 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5517 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5518 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5524 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5526 static inline dw_die_ref
5527 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5529 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5532 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5535 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5537 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5540 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5543 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5545 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5548 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5551 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5553 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5556 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5558 static inline dw_die_ref
5559 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5561 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5564 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5567 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5569 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5572 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5576 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5578 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5581 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5583 static inline var_loc_list *
5584 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5586 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5589 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5592 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5594 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5597 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5599 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5602 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5605 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5607 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5611 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5614 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5615 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5623 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5624 we have nothing to do. */
5625 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5626 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5628 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5629 temp->last->next = loc;
5633 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5634 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5641 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5642 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5643 the DIE internal representation. */
5644 static int print_indent;
5646 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5649 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5651 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5654 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5655 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5658 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5663 print_spaces (outfile);
5664 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5665 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5666 print_spaces (outfile);
5667 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5668 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5670 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5672 print_spaces (outfile);
5673 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5675 switch (AT_class (a))
5677 case dw_val_class_addr:
5678 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5680 case dw_val_class_offset:
5681 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5683 case dw_val_class_loc:
5684 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5686 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5687 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5688 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5690 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5691 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5693 case dw_val_class_const:
5694 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5696 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5697 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5699 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5700 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5701 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5702 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5704 case dw_val_class_vec:
5705 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5707 case dw_val_class_flag:
5708 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5710 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5711 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5713 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5714 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5716 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5719 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5721 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5722 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5723 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5725 case dw_val_class_str:
5726 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5727 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5729 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5735 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5738 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5741 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5742 print_die (c, outfile);
5746 if (print_indent == 0)
5747 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5750 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5751 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5754 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5757 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5759 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5760 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5762 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5763 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5764 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5765 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5766 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5767 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5770 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5773 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5776 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5778 print_die (die, stderr);
5781 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5782 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5788 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5789 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5790 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5793 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5794 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5795 they are in order of addition. */
5798 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5800 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5801 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5803 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5805 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5806 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5812 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5819 die->die_child = cp;
5822 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5823 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5824 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5825 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5826 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5829 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5833 reverse_die_lists (die);
5835 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5836 reverse_all_dies (c);
5839 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5840 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5841 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5844 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5846 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5847 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5849 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5853 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5856 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5858 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5860 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5864 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5865 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5867 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5870 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5872 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5873 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5874 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5877 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5880 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5882 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5885 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5887 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5888 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5889 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5890 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5891 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5894 switch (AT_class (at))
5896 case dw_val_class_const:
5897 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5899 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5900 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5902 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5903 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5905 case dw_val_class_vec:
5906 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5908 case dw_val_class_flag:
5909 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5911 case dw_val_class_str:
5912 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5915 case dw_val_class_addr:
5917 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5918 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5921 case dw_val_class_offset:
5922 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5925 case dw_val_class_loc:
5926 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5927 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5930 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5931 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5934 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5935 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5936 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5944 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5947 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5952 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5955 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5958 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5960 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5962 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5963 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5965 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5966 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5970 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5972 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5974 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5976 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5977 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5978 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5981 /* Do the values look the same? */
5983 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5985 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5988 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5991 switch (v1->val_class)
5993 case dw_val_class_const:
5994 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5995 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5996 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5997 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5998 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5999 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6000 case dw_val_class_vec:
6001 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6002 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6004 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6005 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6008 case dw_val_class_flag:
6009 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6010 case dw_val_class_str:
6011 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6013 case dw_val_class_addr:
6014 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6015 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6016 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6018 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6019 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6021 case dw_val_class_offset:
6022 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6024 case dw_val_class_loc:
6025 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6027 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6028 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6030 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6032 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6033 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6035 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6036 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6037 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6045 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6048 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6050 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6053 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6054 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6055 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6056 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6057 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6060 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6063 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6066 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6071 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6073 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6074 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6076 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6079 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6081 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6082 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6087 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6089 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6090 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6098 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6101 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6104 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6106 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6107 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6112 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6114 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6116 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6117 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6119 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6120 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6123 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6125 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6126 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6127 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6130 unsigned char checksum[16];
6133 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6134 the name filename of the unit. */
6136 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6138 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6139 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6140 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6142 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6143 clean_symbol_name (name);
6145 p = name + strlen (name);
6146 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6148 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6152 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6153 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6156 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6159 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6161 switch (die->die_tag)
6163 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6164 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6165 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6166 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6167 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6168 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6169 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6170 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6171 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6172 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6173 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6174 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6175 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6176 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6177 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6178 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6179 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6180 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6187 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6188 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6189 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6190 compilations (functions). */
6193 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6195 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6196 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6197 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6198 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6200 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6203 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6204 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6205 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6206 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6208 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6210 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6213 return is_type_die (c);
6216 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6217 compilation unit. */
6220 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6222 return (is_type_die (c)
6223 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6224 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6228 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6233 return xstrdup (buf);
6236 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6239 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6243 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6245 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6247 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6249 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6250 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6251 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6254 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6257 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6258 assign_symbol_names (c);
6261 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6264 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6265 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6268 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6270 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6272 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6274 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6278 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6280 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6281 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6283 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6287 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6289 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6299 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6302 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6304 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6305 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6307 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6309 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6310 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6314 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6316 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6322 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6326 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6328 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6329 entry->next = *slot;
6335 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6337 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6339 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6341 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6342 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6346 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6349 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6350 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6351 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6354 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6357 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6358 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6359 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6361 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6363 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6365 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6366 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6368 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6371 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6373 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6376 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6378 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6382 add_child_die (unit, c);
6386 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6387 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6393 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6394 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6398 assign_symbol_names (die);
6399 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6400 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6406 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6407 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6408 &comdat_symbol_number);
6409 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6411 *pnode = node->next;
6414 pnode = &node->next;
6415 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6416 comdat_symbol_number);
6419 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6422 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6423 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6424 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6427 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6431 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6432 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6433 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6434 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6436 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6437 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6440 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6443 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6448 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6449 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6450 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6452 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6453 output_location_lists (c);
6457 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6458 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6459 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6460 die are visited recursively. */
6463 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6465 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6466 unsigned int n_alloc;
6468 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6470 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6471 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6472 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6473 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6474 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6476 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6478 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6481 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6483 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6485 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6487 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6489 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6490 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6492 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6494 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6495 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6498 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6499 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6502 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6508 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6510 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6512 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6513 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6514 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6516 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6517 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6518 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6521 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6522 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6525 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6526 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6527 build_abbrev_table (c);
6530 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6533 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6540 log = floor_log2 (value);
6543 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6548 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6549 .debug_info section. */
6551 static unsigned long
6552 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6554 unsigned long size = 0;
6557 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6558 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6560 switch (AT_class (a))
6562 case dw_val_class_addr:
6563 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6565 case dw_val_class_offset:
6566 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6568 case dw_val_class_loc:
6570 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6573 size += constant_size (lsize);
6577 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6578 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6580 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6581 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6583 case dw_val_class_const:
6584 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6586 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6587 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6589 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6590 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6592 case dw_val_class_vec:
6593 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6594 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6596 case dw_val_class_flag:
6599 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6600 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6601 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6603 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6605 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6606 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6608 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6609 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6611 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6612 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6614 case dw_val_class_str:
6615 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6616 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6618 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6628 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6629 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6630 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6631 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6634 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6638 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6639 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6641 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6644 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6645 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6646 next_die_offset += 1;
6649 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6650 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6651 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6652 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6655 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6659 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6662 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6666 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6669 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6673 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6676 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6680 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6683 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6692 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6693 unmark_all_dies (c);
6695 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6696 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6697 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6700 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6701 compilation unit. */
6703 static unsigned long
6704 size_of_pubnames (void)
6709 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6710 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6712 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6713 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6716 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6720 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6722 static unsigned long
6723 size_of_aranges (void)
6727 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6729 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6730 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6731 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6733 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6734 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6738 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6740 static enum dwarf_form
6741 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6743 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6745 case dw_val_class_addr:
6746 return DW_FORM_addr;
6747 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6748 case dw_val_class_offset:
6749 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6752 return DW_FORM_data4;
6754 return DW_FORM_data8;
6758 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6759 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6760 .debug_loc section */
6761 return DW_FORM_data4;
6762 case dw_val_class_loc:
6763 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6766 return DW_FORM_block1;
6768 return DW_FORM_block2;
6772 case dw_val_class_const:
6773 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6774 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6775 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6778 return DW_FORM_data1;
6780 return DW_FORM_data2;
6782 return DW_FORM_data4;
6784 return DW_FORM_data8;
6788 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6789 return DW_FORM_block1;
6790 case dw_val_class_vec:
6791 return DW_FORM_block1;
6792 case dw_val_class_flag:
6793 return DW_FORM_flag;
6794 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6795 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6796 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6799 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6800 return DW_FORM_data;
6801 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6802 return DW_FORM_addr;
6803 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6804 return DW_FORM_data;
6805 case dw_val_class_str:
6806 return AT_string_form (a);
6813 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6816 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6818 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6820 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6823 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6827 output_abbrev_section (void)
6829 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6833 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6835 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6837 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6838 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6839 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6841 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6846 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6847 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6849 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6850 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6851 output_value_format (a_attr);
6854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6858 /* Terminate the table. */
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6862 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6865 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6867 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6872 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6873 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6874 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6876 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6878 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6881 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6882 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6883 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6885 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6886 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6887 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6889 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6891 retlist->begin = begin;
6893 retlist->expr = expr;
6894 retlist->section = section;
6896 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6901 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6904 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6905 const char *begin, const char *end,
6906 const char *section)
6910 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6911 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6914 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6915 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6919 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6925 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6926 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6927 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6928 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6929 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6930 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6931 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
6934 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6937 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6939 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6943 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6944 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6947 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
6949 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6950 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6951 list_head->ll_symbol);
6952 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6953 "Location list end address (%s)",
6954 list_head->ll_symbol);
6958 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6959 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6960 list_head->ll_symbol);
6961 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6962 "Location list end address (%s)",
6963 list_head->ll_symbol);
6965 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6967 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6968 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6969 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6971 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6974 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6975 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6976 list_head->ll_symbol);
6977 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6978 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6979 list_head->ll_symbol);
6982 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6983 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6986 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6992 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6993 them to point to. */
6994 if (die->die_symbol)
6995 output_die_symbol (die);
6997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6998 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7000 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
7002 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7004 switch (AT_class (a))
7006 case dw_val_class_addr:
7007 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7010 case dw_val_class_offset:
7011 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7015 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7017 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7019 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7020 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7021 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7027 case dw_val_class_loc:
7028 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7030 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7031 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7033 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7036 case dw_val_class_const:
7037 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7038 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7039 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7040 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7043 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7045 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7048 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7050 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7052 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7053 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7056 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7058 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7059 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7063 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7064 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7067 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7068 first, "long long constant");
7069 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7074 case dw_val_class_vec:
7076 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7077 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7082 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7087 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7091 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7095 case dw_val_class_flag:
7096 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7099 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7101 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7104 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7108 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7109 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7111 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7114 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7118 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7119 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7124 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7129 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7130 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7134 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7135 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7138 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7139 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7142 case dw_val_class_str:
7143 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7144 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7145 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7146 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7148 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7156 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7159 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7160 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7161 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7165 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7166 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7169 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7171 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7173 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7175 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7176 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7177 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7178 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7179 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7180 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7183 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7186 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7188 const char *secname;
7191 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7192 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7195 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7196 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7197 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7198 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7199 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7202 build_abbrev_table (die);
7204 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7205 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7206 calc_die_sizes (die);
7208 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7211 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7213 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7215 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7216 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7219 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7221 /* Output debugging information. */
7222 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7225 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7230 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7234 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7235 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7236 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7239 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7241 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7244 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7247 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7251 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7254 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7256 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7258 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7259 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7260 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7261 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7264 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7266 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7269 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7270 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7271 visible procedures. */
7274 output_pubnames (void)
7277 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7279 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7280 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7281 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7282 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7283 "Length of Public Names Info");
7284 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7285 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7286 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7287 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7288 "Compilation Unit Length");
7290 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7292 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7294 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7295 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7297 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7300 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7303 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7306 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7309 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7311 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7314 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7316 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7317 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7318 (arange_table_allocated
7319 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7320 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7321 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7324 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7327 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7328 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7329 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7332 output_aranges (void)
7335 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7337 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7339 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7340 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7341 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7342 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7343 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7344 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7345 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7346 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7348 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7349 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7351 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7353 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7354 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7355 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7356 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7359 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7360 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7361 text_section_label, "Length");
7362 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7364 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7366 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7367 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7370 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7372 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7374 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7375 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7377 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7379 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7381 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7382 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7386 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7387 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7388 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7389 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7390 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7392 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7395 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7397 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7398 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7399 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7400 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7405 /* Output the terminator words. */
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7407 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7410 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7414 add_ranges (tree block)
7416 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7418 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7420 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7422 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7423 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7424 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7425 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7428 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7429 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7431 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7435 output_ranges (void)
7438 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7439 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7441 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7443 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7447 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7448 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7450 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7453 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7454 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7455 base of the text section. */
7456 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7458 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7460 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7461 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7462 text_section_label, NULL);
7465 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7466 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7467 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7468 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7471 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7472 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7473 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7481 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7487 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7490 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7491 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7492 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7493 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7494 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7497 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7501 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7502 int length; /* Path length. */
7503 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7504 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7505 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7506 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7509 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7510 the directories in the path. */
7513 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7515 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7516 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7520 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7521 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7522 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7523 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7524 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7525 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7526 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7528 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7529 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7535 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7536 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7537 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7538 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7539 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7541 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7542 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7547 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7548 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7549 slowdowns with many input files. */
7552 output_file_names (void)
7554 struct file_info *files;
7555 struct dir_info *dirs;
7564 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7565 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7567 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7572 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7573 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7574 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7576 /* Sort the file names. */
7577 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7581 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7582 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7583 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7586 /* Create a new array entry. */
7588 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7589 files[i].file_idx = i;
7591 /* Search for the file name part. */
7592 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7593 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7596 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7597 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7599 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7600 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7601 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7602 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7604 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7606 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7609 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7610 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7611 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7612 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7614 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7615 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7616 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7622 /* This is a new directory. */
7623 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7624 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7625 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7626 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7627 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7628 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7630 /* Search for a prefix. */
7631 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7632 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7633 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7634 && dirs[j].length > 1
7635 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7636 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7637 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7638 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7643 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7644 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7645 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7646 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7647 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7648 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7649 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7650 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7652 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7653 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7658 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7659 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7660 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7661 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7663 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7666 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7668 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7673 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7678 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7679 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7681 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7682 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7687 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7689 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7691 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7692 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7693 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7695 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7696 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7698 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7699 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7704 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7705 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7706 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7707 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7708 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7710 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7712 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7713 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7716 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7717 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7718 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7719 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7720 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7722 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7723 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7724 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7726 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7727 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7728 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7733 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7735 if (idx_offset == 0)
7738 /* Now write all the file names. */
7739 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7741 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7742 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7744 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7745 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7747 /* Include directory index. */
7748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7750 /* Modification time. */
7751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7753 /* File length in bytes. */
7754 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7757 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7761 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7762 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7765 output_line_info (void)
7767 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7768 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7769 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7772 unsigned long lt_index;
7773 unsigned long current_line;
7776 unsigned long current_file;
7777 unsigned long function;
7779 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7780 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7781 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7782 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7784 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7785 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7786 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7787 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7788 "Length of Source Line Info");
7789 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7791 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7792 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7793 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7795 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7796 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7797 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7798 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7799 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7800 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7801 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7802 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7804 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7807 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7809 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7811 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7813 "Special Opcode Base");
7815 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7819 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7820 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7821 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7822 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7823 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7835 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7836 output_file_names ();
7837 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7839 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7840 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7841 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7843 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7844 a series of state machine operations. */
7848 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
7849 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7851 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7852 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7854 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7857 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7858 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7861 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7862 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7863 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7864 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7865 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7869 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7871 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7872 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7873 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7874 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7875 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7876 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7881 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7882 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7883 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7884 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7888 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7889 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7893 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7896 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7898 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7899 different from the previous line. */
7900 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7902 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7903 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7904 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7905 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7909 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7910 that uses the least amount of space. */
7911 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7913 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7914 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7915 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7916 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7917 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7918 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7921 "line %lu", current_line);
7924 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7925 depending on the value being encoded. */
7926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7927 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7928 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7933 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7934 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7937 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7941 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7942 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7947 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7959 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7961 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7962 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7965 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7966 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7967 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7968 && line_info->function == function)
7972 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7973 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7974 to handle it differently. */
7975 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7977 if (function != line_info->function)
7979 function = line_info->function;
7981 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7982 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7983 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7989 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7993 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7994 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7998 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7999 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8000 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8001 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8005 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8007 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8008 different from the previous line. */
8009 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8011 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8012 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8013 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
8014 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
8018 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8019 that uses the least amount of space. */
8020 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8022 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8023 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8024 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8025 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8027 "line %lu", current_line);
8030 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8031 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8032 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8037 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8045 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8046 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8047 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8052 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8057 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8058 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8065 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8068 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8071 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8075 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8076 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8079 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8080 a DIE that describes the given type.
8082 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8083 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8086 base_type_die (tree type)
8088 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8089 const char *type_name;
8090 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8091 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8093 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8098 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8099 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8101 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8104 type_name = "__unknown__";
8106 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8110 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8112 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8113 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8115 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8117 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8118 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8120 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8124 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8125 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8127 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8130 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8131 a user defined type for it. */
8133 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8134 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8136 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8140 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8141 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8145 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8149 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8150 if (demangle_name_func)
8151 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8153 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8154 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8155 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8156 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8158 return base_type_result;
8161 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8162 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8163 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8164 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8165 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8166 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8167 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8168 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8171 root_type (tree type)
8173 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8174 return error_mark_node;
8176 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8179 return error_mark_node;
8182 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8183 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8186 return type_main_variant (type);
8190 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8191 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8194 is_base_type (tree type)
8196 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8210 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8215 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8228 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8229 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8230 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8231 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8234 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8235 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8237 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8238 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8239 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8241 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8242 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8244 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8247 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8248 emitted as a subrange type. */
8251 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8253 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8255 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8256 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8257 or an enumeral type. */
8259 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8260 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8263 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8264 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8267 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8268 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8269 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8270 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8271 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8272 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8273 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8274 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8276 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8277 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8278 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8279 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8280 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8281 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8282 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8283 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8284 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8285 keep checking the actual size. */
8286 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8287 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8289 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8290 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8292 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8293 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8295 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8302 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8303 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8306 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8308 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8309 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8310 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8311 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8312 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8314 if (context_die == NULL)
8315 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8317 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8318 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8320 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8322 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8326 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8327 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8328 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8331 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8333 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8334 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8335 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8338 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8339 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8340 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8341 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8342 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8343 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8344 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8346 return subrange_die;
8349 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8350 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8353 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8354 dw_die_ref context_die)
8356 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8357 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8358 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8359 tree item_type = NULL;
8361 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8363 tree qualified_type;
8365 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8368 = get_qualified_type (type,
8369 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8371 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8373 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8376 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8378 return mod_type_die;
8381 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8382 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8383 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8384 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8386 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8387 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8389 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8391 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8392 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8393 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8395 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8396 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8397 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8398 type to which it refers. */
8400 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8401 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8404 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8410 else if (is_const_type)
8412 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8413 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8415 else if (is_volatile_type)
8417 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8418 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8420 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8422 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8423 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8424 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8426 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8428 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8430 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8432 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8433 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8434 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8436 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8438 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8440 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8441 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8442 else if (is_base_type (type))
8443 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8446 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8448 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8449 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8450 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8451 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8452 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8454 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8455 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8457 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8458 not the main variant. */
8459 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8460 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8463 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8464 type = qualified_type;
8468 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8470 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8471 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8472 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8473 types are possible in Ada. */
8474 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8475 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8476 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8479 if (sub_die != NULL)
8480 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8482 return mod_type_die;
8485 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8486 an enumerated type. */
8489 type_is_enum (tree type)
8491 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8494 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8497 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8499 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8501 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8503 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8504 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8507 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8510 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8511 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8512 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8515 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8517 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8519 if (*list_head != NULL)
8521 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8522 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8525 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8526 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8530 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8531 zero if there is none. */
8533 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8534 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8538 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8541 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8543 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8544 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8546 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8549 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8550 a given hard register number. */
8552 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8553 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8556 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8558 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8561 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8562 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8564 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8565 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8569 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8572 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8573 reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8575 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8576 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8578 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8579 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8581 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8588 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8589 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8590 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8596 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8598 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8600 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8603 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8607 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8608 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8609 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8610 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8615 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8617 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8618 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8620 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8622 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8623 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8627 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8630 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8632 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8642 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8644 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8645 || i >= -0x80000000)
8651 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8654 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8656 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8657 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8661 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8662 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8663 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8664 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8665 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8667 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8671 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8673 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8674 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8676 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8677 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8678 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8680 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8684 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8686 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8688 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8691 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8694 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8696 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8697 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8698 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8699 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8702 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8703 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8704 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8705 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8707 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8708 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8709 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8710 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8712 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8713 autoincrement addressing modes.
8715 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8716 location list for RTL.
8718 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8720 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8721 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8723 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8724 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8726 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8727 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8728 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8729 zeroth element of the array. */
8731 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8733 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8738 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8739 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8741 /* ... fall through ... */
8744 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8745 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8746 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8747 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8748 contains the given subreg. */
8749 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8751 /* ... fall through ... */
8754 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8755 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8756 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8757 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8758 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8759 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8760 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8761 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8762 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8763 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8764 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8765 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8766 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8767 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8768 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8772 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8773 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8774 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8778 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8780 /* ... fall through ... */
8783 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8784 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8788 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8789 by a different symbol. */
8790 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8793 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8795 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8798 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8799 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8804 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8805 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8806 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8807 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8812 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8813 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8814 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8815 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8819 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8821 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8826 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8828 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8829 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8830 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8831 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8833 /* ... fall through ... */
8837 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8838 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8839 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8842 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8843 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8846 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8847 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8848 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8849 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8850 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8853 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8854 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8855 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8856 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8861 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8862 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8881 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8882 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8884 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8887 mem_loc_result = op0;
8888 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8889 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8894 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8901 return mem_loc_result;
8904 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8905 This is typically a complex variable. */
8907 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8908 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8910 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8911 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8912 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8914 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8917 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8918 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8920 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8921 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8923 return cc_loc_result;
8926 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8927 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8928 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8929 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8930 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8932 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8934 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8935 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8937 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8939 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8942 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8943 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8944 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8945 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8946 contains the given subreg. */
8947 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8949 /* ... fall through ... */
8952 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8956 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8960 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8965 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8967 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8971 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8976 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8977 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8978 enum machine_mode mode;
8981 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8982 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8983 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8984 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8985 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8987 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8989 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8990 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8991 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8992 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9004 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9005 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9006 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9007 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9008 the value of LOC. */
9010 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9011 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9013 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9014 int have_address = 0;
9015 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9017 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9018 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9021 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9026 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9027 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9028 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9029 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9030 the names of types. */
9036 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9037 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9038 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9039 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9040 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9044 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9048 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9049 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9052 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9056 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9057 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9060 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9061 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9062 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9065 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9066 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9071 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9072 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9075 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9076 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9077 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9079 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9080 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9088 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9089 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9095 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9097 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9099 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9101 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9102 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9103 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9104 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9106 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9108 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9110 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9111 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9112 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9116 enum machine_mode mode;
9118 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9119 if (want_address == 2)
9120 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9122 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9125 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9128 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9134 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9139 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9143 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9144 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9147 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9152 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9155 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9156 enum machine_mode mode;
9158 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9160 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9161 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9166 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9168 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9171 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9173 /* Variable offset. */
9174 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9175 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9178 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9180 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9181 else if (bytepos < 0)
9183 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9184 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9192 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9193 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9200 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9201 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9202 enum machine_mode mode;
9204 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9206 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9207 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9208 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9213 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9214 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9219 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9225 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9230 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9232 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9233 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9241 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9243 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9244 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9257 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9261 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9262 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9264 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9268 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9269 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9270 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9280 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9287 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9294 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9301 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9316 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9317 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9318 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9321 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9322 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9325 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9339 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9343 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9349 const enum tree_code code =
9350 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9352 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9353 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9354 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9355 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9358 /* ... fall through ... */
9362 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9363 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9364 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9365 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9366 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9368 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9369 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9372 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9373 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9375 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9376 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9377 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9379 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9380 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9381 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9383 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9384 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9385 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9386 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9387 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9391 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9393 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9394 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9398 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9399 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9400 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9401 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9404 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9405 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9406 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9409 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9410 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9415 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9416 if (want_address && !have_address)
9419 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9420 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9422 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9424 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9426 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9429 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9431 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9437 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9438 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9440 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9443 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9444 which is not less than the value itself. */
9446 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9447 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9449 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9452 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9453 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9454 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9458 field_type (tree decl)
9462 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9463 return integer_type_node;
9465 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9466 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9467 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9472 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9473 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9474 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9476 static inline unsigned
9477 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9479 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9482 static inline unsigned
9483 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9485 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9488 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9489 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9490 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9491 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9492 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9495 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9496 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9498 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9499 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9500 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9501 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9503 tree field_size_tree;
9504 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9505 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9506 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9508 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9511 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9513 type = field_type (decl);
9514 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9516 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9517 a flexible array member. */
9518 if (! field_size_tree)
9519 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9521 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9522 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9523 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9524 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9527 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9529 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9530 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9531 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9533 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9535 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9536 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9537 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9539 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9540 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9541 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9542 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9543 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9544 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9545 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9546 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9548 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9550 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9551 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9552 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9553 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9554 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9555 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9556 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9557 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9558 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9559 bits of the bit-field itself.
9561 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9562 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9563 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9564 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9565 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9566 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9567 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9568 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9569 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9571 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9572 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9573 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9574 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9575 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9576 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9578 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9579 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9580 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9582 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9583 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9584 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9586 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9587 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9588 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9589 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9591 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9593 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9594 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9596 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9597 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9598 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9599 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9602 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9605 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9606 associated with them. */
9608 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9610 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9611 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9612 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9615 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9616 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9619 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9622 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9623 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9624 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9625 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9626 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9627 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9630 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9631 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9632 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9633 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9634 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9635 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9636 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9637 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9638 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9642 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9644 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9645 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9647 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9649 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9650 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9652 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9653 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9654 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9655 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9657 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9659 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9661 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9663 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9664 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9665 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9667 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9668 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9669 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9671 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9672 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9673 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9675 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9676 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9677 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9678 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9680 /* Extract the offset. */
9681 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9682 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9684 /* Add it to the object address. */
9685 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9686 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9689 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9692 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9696 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9698 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9699 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9700 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9702 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9703 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9704 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9708 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9711 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9714 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9717 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9720 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9724 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9730 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9732 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9733 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9735 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9741 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9747 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9750 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9756 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9757 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9759 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9760 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9762 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9767 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9768 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9769 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9770 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9771 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9774 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9776 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9780 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9783 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9785 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9790 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9791 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9792 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9793 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9795 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9797 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9799 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9800 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9802 insert_float (rtl, array);
9803 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9807 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9808 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9810 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9811 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9818 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9819 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9820 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9821 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9825 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9827 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9828 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9830 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9831 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9833 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9841 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9842 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9849 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9850 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9853 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9854 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9856 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9857 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9862 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9863 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9868 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9869 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9871 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9872 insert_float (elt, p);
9880 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9885 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9891 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9892 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9896 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9897 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9898 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9899 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9900 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9901 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9902 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9903 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9904 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9905 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9906 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9910 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9916 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9917 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9920 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9924 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9925 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9926 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9928 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9929 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9930 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9932 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9934 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9935 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9936 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9937 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9938 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9939 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9940 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9942 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9943 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9944 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9945 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9946 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9947 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9949 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9950 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9952 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9954 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9955 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9961 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9964 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9968 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9969 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9970 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9972 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9973 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9974 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9975 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9976 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9977 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9978 referenced within the function.
9980 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9981 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9982 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9983 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9985 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9986 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9987 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9988 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9989 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9990 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9992 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9993 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9994 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9995 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9996 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9997 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9998 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9999 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10000 output at debug-time.
10002 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10003 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10004 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10005 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10006 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10007 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10008 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10009 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10010 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10011 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10012 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10013 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10014 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10016 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10017 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10018 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10019 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10020 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10021 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10022 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10023 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10024 I'd like to fix it.
10026 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10027 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10028 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10029 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10030 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10031 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10032 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10033 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10034 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10035 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10036 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10038 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10039 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10041 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10042 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10043 fixed registers. */
10044 if (! reload_completed)
10047 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10049 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10051 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10052 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10054 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10059 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10061 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10063 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10064 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10065 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10066 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10068 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10069 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10070 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10071 if (dmode == pmode)
10072 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10073 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10074 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10075 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10077 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10080 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10082 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10083 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10084 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10085 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10092 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10093 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10094 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10095 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10096 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10097 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10099 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10100 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10101 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10102 /* Not passed in memory. */
10103 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10104 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10105 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10106 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10107 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10108 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10109 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10112 /* Big endian correction check. */
10113 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10114 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10115 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10118 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10119 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10121 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10122 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10125 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10128 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10129 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10131 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10132 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10134 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10135 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10136 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10137 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10138 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10139 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10141 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10142 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10145 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10146 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10147 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10148 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10149 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10152 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10154 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10155 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10156 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10158 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10163 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10164 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10165 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10166 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10167 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10168 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10170 static const char *
10171 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10173 const char *secname;
10175 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10177 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10178 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10180 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10182 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10183 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10185 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10186 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10188 secname = text_section_label;
10193 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10194 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10195 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10196 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10197 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10198 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10199 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10200 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10201 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10202 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10205 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10206 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10209 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10210 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10211 struct var_loc_node *node;
10212 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10215 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10216 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10218 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10219 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10221 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10223 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10225 const char *endname, *secname;
10226 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10229 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10230 actually construct the list of locations.
10231 The first location information is what is passed to the
10232 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10233 locations just get added on to that list.
10234 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10235 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10236 the range [current location start, next location start].
10237 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10238 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10240 node = loc_list->first;
10241 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10242 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10244 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10245 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10248 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10249 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10251 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10252 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10253 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10254 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10255 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10258 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10259 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10260 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10262 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10264 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10265 if (!current_function_decl)
10266 endname = text_end_label;
10269 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10270 current_function_funcdef_no);
10271 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10273 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10274 node->label, endname, secname);
10277 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10278 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10282 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10285 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10286 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10288 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10292 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10293 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10294 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10295 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10297 node = loc_list->first;
10298 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10301 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10306 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10307 description from the tree. */
10308 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10311 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10316 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10317 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10318 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10321 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10323 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10324 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10327 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10332 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10334 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10337 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10338 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10339 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10341 static dw_loc_list_ref
10342 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10345 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10347 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10348 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10350 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10352 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10356 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10357 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10358 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10359 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10361 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10363 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10364 advance opcodes. */
10365 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10366 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10368 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10369 last_label = start_label;
10371 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10372 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10374 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10375 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10376 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10377 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10379 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10380 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10382 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10383 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10384 start_label = last_label;
10386 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10389 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10390 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10391 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10392 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10393 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10394 if it were to be required. */
10395 gcc_unreachable ();
10398 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10402 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10404 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10405 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10406 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10407 start_label = last_label;
10409 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10410 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10415 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10416 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10419 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10421 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10424 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10425 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10426 offset = FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10428 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10429 offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10432 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10433 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10435 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10436 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10438 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10439 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10441 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10444 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10445 the value of the attribute. */
10448 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10450 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10452 if (demangle_name_func)
10453 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10455 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10459 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10462 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10464 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10466 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10469 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10470 a representation for that bound. */
10473 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10475 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10480 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10482 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10483 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10484 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10485 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10486 /* Use the default. */
10489 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10494 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10495 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10496 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10506 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10508 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10509 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10510 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10511 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10512 later parameter. */
10513 if (decl_die != NULL)
10514 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10520 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10521 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10523 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10524 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10526 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10530 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10531 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10533 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10535 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10536 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10537 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10538 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10540 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10546 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10547 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10550 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10552 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10553 unsigned dimension_number;
10556 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10558 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10559 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10560 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10561 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10562 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10563 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10564 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10565 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10567 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10568 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10569 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10570 gen_array_type_die. */
10571 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10572 for (dimension_number = 0;
10573 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10574 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10577 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10579 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10580 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10582 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10585 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10586 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10587 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10589 /* Define the index type. */
10590 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10592 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10593 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10594 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10595 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10596 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10597 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10598 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10601 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10605 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10606 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10608 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10609 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10610 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10612 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10614 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10617 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10618 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10624 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10628 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10633 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10636 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10637 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10640 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10641 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10642 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10643 even for bit-fields. */
10644 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10647 gcc_unreachable ();
10650 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10651 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10652 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10653 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10654 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10657 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10658 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10659 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10662 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10663 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10664 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10665 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10666 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10667 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10669 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10670 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10671 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10674 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10676 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10677 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10678 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10679 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10680 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10681 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10683 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10684 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10686 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10687 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10688 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10689 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10690 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10693 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10695 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10696 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10697 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10698 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10699 below must take account of these differences. */
10700 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10701 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10703 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10705 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10706 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10710 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10711 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10712 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10714 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10717 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10718 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10721 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10723 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10724 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10725 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10727 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10728 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10731 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10732 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10735 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10737 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10738 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10739 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10742 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10743 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10747 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10749 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10751 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10753 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10754 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10755 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10757 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10758 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10762 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10764 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10766 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10769 if (DECL_P (origin))
10770 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10771 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10772 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10774 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10775 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10776 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10777 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10778 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10779 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10780 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10784 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10787 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10790 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10792 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10794 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10796 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10797 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10798 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10799 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10802 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10803 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10804 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10805 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10809 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10812 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10814 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10815 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10817 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10818 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10821 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10822 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10825 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10829 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10830 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10832 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10833 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10834 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10836 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10837 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10838 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10839 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10840 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
10841 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10842 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10845 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10846 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10847 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10848 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10850 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10851 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10852 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10857 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10860 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10862 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10865 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10868 pop_decl_scope (void)
10870 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10873 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10874 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10875 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10876 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10877 the current active scope. */
10880 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10882 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10883 tree containing_scope;
10886 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10887 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10889 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10891 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10892 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10894 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10897 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10900 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10901 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10902 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10903 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10904 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10906 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10907 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10908 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10910 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10911 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10912 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10913 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10914 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10919 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10920 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10922 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10923 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10926 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10929 scope_die = context_die;
10934 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10937 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10939 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10940 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10941 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10947 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10948 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10951 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10953 return (context_die
10954 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10955 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10956 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10959 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10960 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10961 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10964 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10965 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10967 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10968 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10970 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10971 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10972 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10973 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10974 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10975 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10976 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10978 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10979 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10980 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10981 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10982 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10985 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10986 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10987 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10990 if (type_die != NULL)
10991 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10994 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10995 function call type. */
10997 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10999 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11001 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11003 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11004 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11005 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11006 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11009 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11010 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11011 was declared without a tag. */
11013 static const char *
11014 type_tag (tree type)
11016 const char *name = 0;
11018 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11022 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11023 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11024 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11026 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11027 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11029 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11030 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11031 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11033 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11035 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11038 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11041 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11042 for bit field types. */
11045 member_declared_type (tree member)
11047 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11048 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11051 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11052 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11055 static const char *
11056 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11059 const char *fnname;
11061 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11062 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11065 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11067 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11072 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11073 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11074 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11077 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11079 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11080 dw_die_ref array_die;
11083 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11084 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11085 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11086 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11087 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11090 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11091 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11092 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11094 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11096 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11097 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11098 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11099 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11103 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11104 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11105 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11106 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11107 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11108 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11109 for multidimensional arrays. */
11110 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11113 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11114 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11115 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11116 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11117 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11120 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11122 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11123 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11125 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11126 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11127 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11128 add_subscript_info. */
11129 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11130 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11131 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11133 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11136 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11141 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11143 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11144 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11146 if (origin != NULL)
11147 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11150 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11151 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11152 0, 0, context_die);
11155 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11156 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11158 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11162 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11163 emit full debugging info for them. */
11166 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11170 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11171 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11174 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11177 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11179 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11181 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11182 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11183 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11186 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11189 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11191 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11193 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11194 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11195 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11198 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11201 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11203 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11205 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11206 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11207 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11210 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11211 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11212 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11216 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11218 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11220 if (type_die == NULL)
11222 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11223 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11224 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11225 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11227 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11230 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11232 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11233 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11234 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11235 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11239 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11240 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11241 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11242 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11244 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11245 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11246 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11247 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11249 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11250 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11252 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11253 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11255 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11256 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11258 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11259 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11260 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11261 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11262 values as if they were signed. That means that
11263 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11264 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11265 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11266 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11270 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11275 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11276 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11279 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11280 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11281 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11282 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11283 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11284 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11285 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11286 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11289 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11291 dw_die_ref parm_die
11292 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11295 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11297 case tcc_declaration:
11298 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11299 if (origin != NULL)
11300 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11303 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11304 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11305 TREE_READONLY (node),
11306 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11308 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11309 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11312 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11313 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11314 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11319 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11320 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11324 gcc_unreachable ();
11330 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11331 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11334 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11336 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11339 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11340 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11341 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11342 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11345 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11348 tree formal_type = NULL;
11349 tree first_parm_type;
11352 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11354 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11355 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11360 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11362 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11363 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11364 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11366 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11368 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11369 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11372 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11373 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11374 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11375 && link == first_parm_type)
11376 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11377 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11379 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11381 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11384 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11385 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11386 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11387 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11389 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11390 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11391 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11392 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11393 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11394 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11397 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11398 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11399 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11400 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11401 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11404 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11406 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11408 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11409 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11410 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11411 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11413 dw_die_ref type_die;
11414 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11416 push_decl_scope (type);
11417 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11418 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11419 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11420 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11422 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11423 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11424 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11425 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11426 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11428 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11429 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11433 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11439 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11440 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11443 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11445 dw_die_ref old_die;
11448 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11450 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11451 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11453 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11454 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11455 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11458 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11459 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11460 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11462 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11464 gen_type_die_for_member
11465 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11468 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11469 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11470 current_function_decl = decl;
11472 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11473 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11474 if (! was_abstract)
11475 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11477 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11480 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11484 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11486 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11487 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11488 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11491 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11492 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11493 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11495 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11496 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11497 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11498 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11499 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11501 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11502 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11505 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11508 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11509 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11510 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11511 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11512 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11513 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11514 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11516 if (origin != NULL)
11518 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11520 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11521 inline function. */
11522 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11523 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11525 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11526 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11530 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11531 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11533 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11534 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11535 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11536 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11537 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11539 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11540 something we have already output. */
11544 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11545 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11546 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11547 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11548 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11549 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11550 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11551 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11552 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11553 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11554 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11555 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11557 subr_die = old_die;
11559 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11560 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11561 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11562 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11563 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11564 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11565 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11569 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11570 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11571 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11572 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11573 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11574 != (unsigned) s.line)
11576 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11581 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11583 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11584 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11586 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11587 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11589 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11590 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11591 0, 0, context_die);
11594 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11595 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11596 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11598 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11599 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11600 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11601 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11606 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11608 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11610 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11611 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11612 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11613 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11615 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11616 later reused to represent definition. */
11617 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11620 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11622 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11624 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11625 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11627 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11631 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11632 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11634 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11637 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11639 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11641 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11642 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11644 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11646 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11647 current_function_funcdef_no);
11648 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11649 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11650 current_function_funcdef_no);
11651 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11653 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11654 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11657 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11658 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11659 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11661 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11662 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11663 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11664 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11666 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11667 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11668 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11672 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11673 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11674 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11677 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11678 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11679 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11680 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11681 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11682 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11683 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11685 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11686 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11687 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11688 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11690 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11691 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11692 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11694 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11697 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11698 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11699 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11700 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11701 by this displacement. */
11702 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11704 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11705 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11706 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11709 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11710 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11711 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11712 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11713 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11714 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11715 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11716 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11717 an ellipsis at the end. */
11719 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11720 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11721 its formal parameters. */
11722 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11724 else if (declaration)
11725 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11728 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11729 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11732 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11733 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11734 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11735 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11737 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11738 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11739 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11740 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11742 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11745 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11746 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11747 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11748 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11749 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11750 parameters at all. */
11751 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11752 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11754 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11755 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11756 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11758 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11759 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11762 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11763 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11764 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11766 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11767 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11768 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11769 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11770 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11771 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11772 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11774 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11775 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11776 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11777 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11778 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11779 constructor function. */
11780 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11782 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11783 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11784 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11786 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11787 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11789 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11790 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11792 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11793 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11795 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11796 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11801 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11802 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11806 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11809 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11811 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11812 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11814 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11815 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11816 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11817 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11818 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11819 the program. For example, consider the C++
11823 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11828 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11830 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11831 definition is required, so the compiler will
11832 not emit a definition. */
11833 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11834 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11835 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11837 if (origin != NULL)
11838 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11840 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11841 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11843 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11844 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11847 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11849 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11850 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11851 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11853 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11854 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11856 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11857 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11858 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11860 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11861 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11863 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11864 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11866 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11867 != (unsigned) s.line)
11869 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11874 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11875 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11876 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11878 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11879 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11881 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11882 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11884 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11885 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11886 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11887 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11891 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11893 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11894 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11896 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11898 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11899 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11902 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11905 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11908 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11910 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11911 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11913 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11915 if (origin != NULL)
11916 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11918 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11920 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11921 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11924 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11926 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11927 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11928 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11932 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11934 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11935 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11936 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11937 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11938 it if it ever does happen. */
11939 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11941 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11942 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11947 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11948 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11949 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11952 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11954 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11955 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11957 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11958 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11961 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11962 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11965 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11967 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11969 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11973 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11975 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11978 add_ranges (chain);
11979 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11986 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11987 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11988 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11989 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11990 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11991 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11995 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11998 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12000 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12002 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12003 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12005 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12008 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12011 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12013 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12015 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12016 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12017 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12018 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12019 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12021 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12023 dw_die_ref subr_die
12024 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12026 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12027 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12028 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12030 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12031 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12034 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12035 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12036 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12037 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12038 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12039 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12040 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12041 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12042 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12043 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12044 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12046 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12049 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12052 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12054 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12056 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12059 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12060 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12061 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12062 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12065 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12067 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12068 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12069 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12072 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12073 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12075 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12076 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12078 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12079 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12080 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12081 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12083 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12084 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12088 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12089 Use modified_type_die instead.
12090 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12091 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12094 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12097 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12099 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12100 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12101 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12104 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12105 Use modified_type_die instead.
12106 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12107 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12110 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12113 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12115 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12116 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12117 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12121 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12124 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12127 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12128 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12130 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12131 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12132 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12133 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12136 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12139 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12142 char producer[250];
12143 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12146 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12150 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12151 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12152 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12153 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12156 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12158 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12159 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12160 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12161 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12162 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12163 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12164 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12165 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12166 strcat (producer, " -g");
12169 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12171 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12172 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12173 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12174 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12175 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12176 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12177 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12178 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12179 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12180 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12181 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12182 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12184 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12186 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12190 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12193 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12195 dw_die_ref type_die
12196 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12198 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12200 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12201 TODO: add string length info. */
12203 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12204 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12208 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12211 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12213 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12215 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12216 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12218 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12219 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12221 if (access == access_public_node)
12222 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12223 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12224 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12227 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12230 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12233 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12236 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12237 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12238 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12239 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12240 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12241 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12242 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12243 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12244 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12245 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12246 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12248 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12251 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12255 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12256 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12257 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12258 : access_public_node), context_die);
12261 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12262 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12264 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12265 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12266 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12267 do put them in the right order. */
12269 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12271 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12273 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12276 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12277 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12279 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12280 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12283 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12285 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12287 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12291 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12292 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12293 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12296 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12298 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12299 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12301 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12302 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12303 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12304 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12306 if (type_die && ! complete)
12309 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12310 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12311 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12314 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12316 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12317 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12319 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12321 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12322 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12324 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12326 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12328 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12331 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12333 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12334 then give a list of members. */
12335 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12337 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12338 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12339 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12340 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12341 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12342 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12344 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12345 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12346 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12347 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12349 push_decl_scope (type);
12350 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12353 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12354 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12356 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12358 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12359 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12360 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12365 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12367 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12368 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12369 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12370 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12374 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12377 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12379 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12380 dw_die_ref subr_die
12381 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12382 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12384 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12385 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12386 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12387 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12390 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12393 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12395 dw_die_ref type_die;
12398 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12401 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12402 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12403 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12404 if (origin != NULL)
12405 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12410 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12411 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12413 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12415 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12416 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12419 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12421 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12422 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12425 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12426 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12429 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12432 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12436 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12439 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12440 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12442 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12445 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12446 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12448 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12449 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12453 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12454 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12455 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12456 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12457 cloned type itself). */
12458 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12459 type = type_main_variant (type);
12461 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12464 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12470 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12471 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12472 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12473 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12474 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12476 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12478 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12479 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12480 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12484 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12485 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12486 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12488 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12489 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12491 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12493 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12496 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12497 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12498 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12499 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12503 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12504 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12505 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12509 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12511 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12512 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12515 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12519 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12522 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12525 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12526 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12527 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12528 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12529 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12530 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12531 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12532 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12533 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12534 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12536 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12538 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12541 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12542 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12543 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12548 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12552 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12553 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12555 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12560 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12561 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12562 when appropriate. */
12571 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12575 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12579 gcc_unreachable ();
12582 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12585 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12588 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12590 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12593 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12594 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12595 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12597 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12599 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12600 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12602 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12607 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12608 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12612 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12616 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12617 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12621 gcc_unreachable ();
12625 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12626 things which are local to the given block. */
12629 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12631 int must_output_die = 0;
12634 enum tree_code origin_code;
12636 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12637 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12640 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12641 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12642 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12643 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12647 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12648 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12653 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12654 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12655 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12656 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12657 the current block. */
12658 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12659 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12661 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12663 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12664 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12665 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12666 must_output_die = 1;
12669 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12670 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12671 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12672 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12673 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12674 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12675 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12676 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12678 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12679 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12680 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12681 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12682 as being a "significant" one. */
12683 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12684 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12685 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12686 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12688 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12689 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12690 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12691 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12692 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12693 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12695 must_output_die = 1;
12701 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12702 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12703 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12704 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12705 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12706 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12707 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12708 if (must_output_die)
12710 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12711 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12713 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12716 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12719 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12720 all of its sub-blocks. */
12723 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12728 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12729 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12732 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12734 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12735 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12736 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12737 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12738 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12742 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12743 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12744 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12745 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12749 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12750 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12751 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12752 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12753 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12754 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12757 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12761 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12762 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12765 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12766 therein) of this block. */
12767 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12769 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12770 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12773 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12776 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12778 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12781 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12782 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12783 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12784 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12785 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12786 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12792 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12795 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12797 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12798 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12799 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12800 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12803 dw_die_ref context_die;
12804 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12807 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12808 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12809 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12811 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12814 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12816 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12820 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12822 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12823 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12824 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12825 declaration die. */
12826 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12827 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12828 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12829 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12833 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12834 gen_decl_die() call. */
12835 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12836 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12837 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12838 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12841 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12842 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12846 gcc_unreachable ();
12849 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12851 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12852 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12858 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12861 force_type_die (tree type)
12863 dw_die_ref type_die;
12865 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12868 dw_die_ref context_die;
12869 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12871 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12872 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12874 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12877 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12879 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12882 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12883 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12884 gcc_assert (type_die);
12889 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12890 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12893 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12895 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12896 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12897 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12898 /* Force out the namespace. */
12899 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12901 return context_die;
12904 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12905 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12907 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12908 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12911 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12913 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12915 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12918 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12919 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12920 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12921 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12924 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12926 if (ns_context != context_die)
12928 if (DECL_P (thing))
12929 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12931 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12935 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12938 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12940 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12942 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12943 they are an alias of. */
12944 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12946 /* Output a real namespace. */
12947 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12948 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12949 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12950 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12954 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12956 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12957 dw_die_ref origin_die
12958 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12960 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12961 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12962 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12963 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12964 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12965 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12969 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12972 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12976 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12979 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12985 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12986 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12989 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12990 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12991 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12992 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12993 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12998 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12999 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13000 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13001 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13004 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13005 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13006 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13008 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13009 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13010 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13011 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13012 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13013 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13014 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13015 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13016 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13018 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13019 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13022 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13023 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13025 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13026 have described its return type. */
13027 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13029 /* And its virtual context. */
13030 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13031 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13033 /* And its containing type. */
13034 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13035 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13036 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13038 /* And its containing namespace. */
13039 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13042 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13043 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13047 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13048 actual typedefs. */
13049 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13052 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13053 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13054 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13055 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13056 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13057 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13058 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13060 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13064 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13065 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13067 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13068 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13072 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13073 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13078 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13079 variable declarations or definitions. */
13080 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13083 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13085 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13087 /* And its containing type. */
13088 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13089 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13090 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13092 /* And its containing namespace. */
13093 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13095 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13096 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13097 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13099 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13100 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13101 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13103 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13107 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13108 anonymous unions and structs. */
13109 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13110 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13111 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13113 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13114 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13119 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13120 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13123 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13124 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13128 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13129 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13134 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13137 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13139 unsigned int file_index;
13141 if (filename != NULL)
13143 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13144 tree context_list_decl
13145 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13148 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13149 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13150 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13151 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13152 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13156 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13157 compilation proper has finished. */
13160 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13162 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13163 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13164 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13165 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13166 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13167 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13170 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13171 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13173 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13176 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13179 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13182 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13184 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13185 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13186 unsigned file_index;
13187 expanded_location xloc;
13189 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13194 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13195 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13198 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13199 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13201 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13202 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13203 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13205 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13207 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13208 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13209 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13212 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13213 if (!at_import_die)
13215 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13216 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13217 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13219 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13220 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13222 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13223 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13224 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13226 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13228 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13229 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13231 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13235 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13236 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13237 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13239 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13241 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13242 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13243 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13244 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13245 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13248 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13251 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13253 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13255 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13260 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13261 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13262 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13263 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13264 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13265 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13266 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13267 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13268 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13269 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13270 with the definition of the function.
13272 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13273 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13274 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13275 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13276 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13277 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13278 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13279 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13280 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13281 that they *are* definitions).
13283 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13284 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13285 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13286 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13287 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13288 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13291 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13292 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13293 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13294 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13295 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13296 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13297 context_die = NULL;
13301 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13302 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13303 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13304 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13305 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13306 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13307 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13308 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13309 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13312 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13313 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13314 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13316 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13317 variable declarations or definitions. */
13318 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13322 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13323 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13325 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13330 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13331 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13334 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13335 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13336 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13338 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13339 comparisons have. */
13340 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13341 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13342 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13343 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13344 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13349 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13350 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13353 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13354 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13355 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13356 context_die = NULL;
13364 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13367 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13368 a lexical block. */
13371 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13372 unsigned int blocknum)
13374 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13375 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13378 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13382 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13384 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13385 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13388 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13389 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13391 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13392 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13393 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13396 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13400 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13401 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13402 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13408 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13409 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13410 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13411 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13412 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13413 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13414 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13415 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13416 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13420 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13423 char *save_file_name;
13425 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13426 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13427 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13430 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13431 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13432 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13435 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13436 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13437 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13438 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13440 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13444 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13445 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13446 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13447 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13448 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13450 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13451 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13452 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13453 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13455 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13456 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13461 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13462 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13463 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13464 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13465 types, which may include filenames. */
13468 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13470 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13472 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13474 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13475 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13476 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13477 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13478 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13479 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13481 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13487 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13490 init_file_table (void)
13492 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13493 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13494 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13496 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13497 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13498 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13499 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13502 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13503 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13504 our lookup table. */
13507 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13509 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13510 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13512 static rtx last_insn;
13513 static const char *last_label;
13516 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13518 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13520 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13521 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13522 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13524 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13525 && last_insn == prev_insn
13526 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13527 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13529 newloc->label = last_label;
13533 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13534 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13536 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13538 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13539 newloc->next = NULL;
13541 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13542 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13544 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13546 last_insn = loc_note;
13547 last_label = newloc->label;
13548 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13549 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13550 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13551 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13552 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13555 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13556 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13557 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13558 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13561 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13563 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13565 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13566 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13569 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13570 and record information relating to this source line, in
13571 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13574 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13576 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13579 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13581 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13582 if (flag_debug_asm)
13583 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13586 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13588 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13590 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13592 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13593 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13595 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13596 line_info_table_in_use++;
13598 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13600 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13601 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13602 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13604 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13605 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13606 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13608 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13609 separate_line_info_table
13610 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13611 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13612 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13613 memset (separate_line_info_table
13614 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13616 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13617 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13620 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13622 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13623 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13624 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13625 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13629 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13631 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13632 line_info_table_in_use);
13634 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13635 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13637 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13639 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13640 (line_info_table_allocated
13641 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13642 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13643 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13646 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13647 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13648 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13649 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13654 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13657 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13659 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13661 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13662 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13664 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13665 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13668 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13672 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13677 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13678 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13682 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13685 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13687 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13688 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13689 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13691 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13693 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13698 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13699 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13700 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13703 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13704 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13706 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13708 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13710 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13711 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13715 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13716 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13717 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13720 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13721 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13723 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13725 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13727 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13728 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13732 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13735 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13737 init_file_table ();
13739 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13740 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13741 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13743 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13744 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13745 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13747 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13748 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13750 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13751 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13752 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13753 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13754 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13755 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13757 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13758 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13759 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13760 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13762 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13763 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13765 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13766 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13767 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13768 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13769 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13770 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13771 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13773 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13775 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13777 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13778 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13779 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13780 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13781 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13782 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13783 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
13784 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13785 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
13786 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13787 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
13788 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13789 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
13790 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13791 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
13792 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
13793 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
13794 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13796 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13798 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13799 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13801 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13804 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13805 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13807 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13809 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13810 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
13811 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13812 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
13813 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13814 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
13815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13817 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13819 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13820 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13821 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13822 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13825 switch_to_section (text_section);
13826 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13827 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13829 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13834 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13835 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13838 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13840 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13842 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13844 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
13845 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13846 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13854 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13855 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13858 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13862 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13863 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13867 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13868 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13871 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13875 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13877 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13879 /* A reference to another DIE.
13880 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13881 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13883 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13885 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13886 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13887 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13893 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13894 to DIE's children. */
13897 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13901 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13903 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13906 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13907 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13908 if (die->die_parent)
13909 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13911 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13912 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13914 /* If this node is a specification,
13915 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13916 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13917 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13920 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13922 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13923 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13927 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13929 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13930 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13931 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13932 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13934 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13940 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13943 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13947 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13951 switch (die->die_tag) {
13952 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13953 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13954 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13955 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13956 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13957 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13958 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13959 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13960 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13961 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13962 case DW_TAG_friend:
13963 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13964 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13965 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13966 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13967 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13968 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13969 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13970 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13971 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13975 /* Mark everything else. */
13981 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13982 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13984 /* Mark children. */
13985 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13986 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13990 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13993 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13995 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13997 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14000 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
14005 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14013 die->die_child = n;
14020 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14023 prune_unused_types (void)
14026 limbo_die_node *node;
14028 /* Clear all the marks. */
14029 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14030 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14031 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14033 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14034 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14035 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14036 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14038 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14039 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14040 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
14041 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
14042 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14043 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14045 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
14046 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14047 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14048 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14050 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14051 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14052 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14053 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14056 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14057 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14060 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14062 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14063 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14065 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14066 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14067 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14068 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14069 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14070 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14073 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14074 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14075 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14076 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14078 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14083 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14084 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14085 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14086 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14088 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14090 next_node = node->next;
14093 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14095 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14098 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14099 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14101 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14102 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14103 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14106 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14107 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14108 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14109 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14110 this to be a child of the containing function.
14112 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14113 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14114 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14115 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14116 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14118 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14120 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14121 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14122 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14123 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14125 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14127 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14129 add_child_die (origin, die);
14131 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14136 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14138 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14139 emit full debugging info for them. */
14140 retry_incomplete_types ();
14142 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14143 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14144 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14146 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14147 prune_unused_types ();
14149 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14150 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14151 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14152 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14154 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14155 that have children. */
14156 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14157 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14158 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14160 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14161 switch_to_section (text_section);
14162 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14163 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14165 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14166 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14169 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14170 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14171 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14172 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14173 examining the file. */
14174 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14176 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14177 output_line_info ();
14180 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14182 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14184 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14185 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14188 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14189 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14190 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14191 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14193 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14194 if (have_location_lists)
14196 /* Output the location lists info. */
14197 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14198 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14199 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14200 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14201 output_location_lists (die);
14204 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14205 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14206 debug_line_section_label);
14208 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14209 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14211 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14212 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14213 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14214 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14216 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14218 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14219 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14220 output_abbrev_section ();
14222 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14223 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14225 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14226 output_pubnames ();
14229 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14230 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14231 if (fde_table_in_use)
14233 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14237 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14238 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14240 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14241 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14245 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14246 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14248 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14249 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14252 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14254 if (debug_str_hash)
14255 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14259 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14260 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14262 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14264 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"